Sema.h revision 7247c88d1e41514a41085f83ebf03dd5220e054a
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 50#include <deque> 51#include <string> 52#include <vector> 53 54namespace llvm { 55 class APSInt; 56 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 57 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 58 class SmallBitVector; 59} 60 61namespace clang { 62 class ADLResult; 63 class ASTConsumer; 64 class ASTContext; 65 class ASTMutationListener; 66 class ASTReader; 67 class ASTWriter; 68 class ArrayType; 69 class AttributeList; 70 class BlockDecl; 71 class CapturedDecl; 72 class CXXBasePath; 73 class CXXBasePaths; 74 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 75 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 76 class CXXConstructorDecl; 77 class CXXConversionDecl; 78 class CXXDestructorDecl; 79 class CXXFieldCollector; 80 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 81 class CXXMethodDecl; 82 class CXXScopeSpec; 83 class CXXTemporary; 84 class CXXTryStmt; 85 class CallExpr; 86 class ClassTemplateDecl; 87 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 88 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 89 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 90 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 91 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 92 class CodeCompletionResult; 93 class Decl; 94 class DeclAccessPair; 95 class DeclContext; 96 class DeclRefExpr; 97 class DeclaratorDecl; 98 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 99 class DependentDiagnostic; 100 class DesignatedInitExpr; 101 class Designation; 102 class EnumConstantDecl; 103 class Expr; 104 class ExtVectorType; 105 class ExternalSemaSource; 106 class FormatAttr; 107 class FriendDecl; 108 class FunctionDecl; 109 class FunctionProtoType; 110 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 111 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 112 class InitListExpr; 113 class InitializationKind; 114 class InitializationSequence; 115 class InitializedEntity; 116 class IntegerLiteral; 117 class LabelStmt; 118 class LambdaExpr; 119 class LangOptions; 120 class LocalInstantiationScope; 121 class LookupResult; 122 class MacroInfo; 123 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 124 class NamedDecl; 125 class NonNullAttr; 126 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 127 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 128 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 129 class ObjCContainerDecl; 130 class ObjCImplDecl; 131 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 132 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 133 class ObjCIvarDecl; 134 template <class T> class ObjCList; 135 class ObjCMessageExpr; 136 class ObjCMethodDecl; 137 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 138 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 139 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 140 class OverloadCandidateSet; 141 class OverloadExpr; 142 class ParenListExpr; 143 class ParmVarDecl; 144 class Preprocessor; 145 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 146 class PseudoObjectExpr; 147 class QualType; 148 class StandardConversionSequence; 149 class Stmt; 150 class StringLiteral; 151 class SwitchStmt; 152 class TargetAttributesSema; 153 class TemplateArgument; 154 class TemplateArgumentList; 155 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 156 class TemplateDecl; 157 class TemplateParameterList; 158 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 159 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 160 class Token; 161 class TypeAliasDecl; 162 class TypedefDecl; 163 class TypedefNameDecl; 164 class TypeLoc; 165 class UnqualifiedId; 166 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 167 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 168 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 169 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 170 class UsingDecl; 171 class UsingShadowDecl; 172 class ValueDecl; 173 class VarDecl; 174 class VisibilityAttr; 175 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 176 class IndirectFieldDecl; 177 178namespace sema { 179 class AccessedEntity; 180 class BlockScopeInfo; 181 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 182 class CapturingScopeInfo; 183 class CompoundScopeInfo; 184 class DelayedDiagnostic; 185 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 186 class FunctionScopeInfo; 187 class LambdaScopeInfo; 188 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 189 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 190} 191 192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 195 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 196 197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 198class Sema { 199 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 200 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 201 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 202 203 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 204 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 205 206 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 207 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 208 209 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 210 211 static bool 212 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 213 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 214 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 215 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 216 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 217 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 218 // with internal linkage. 219 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 220 } 221 222public: 223 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 224 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 225 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 226 227 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 228 FPOptions FPFeatures; 229 230 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 231 Preprocessor &PP; 232 ASTContext &Context; 233 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 234 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 235 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 236 237 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 238 bool CollectStats; 239 240 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 241 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 242 243 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 244 DeclContext *CurContext; 245 246 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 247 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 248 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 249 250 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 251 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 252 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 253 254 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 255 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 256 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 257 258 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 259 260 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 261 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 262 263 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 264 /// 265 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 266 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 267 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 268 269 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 270 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 271 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 272 273 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 274 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 275 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 276 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 277 278 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 279 280 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 281 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 282 /// 283 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 284 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 285 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 286 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 287 288 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 289 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 290 ExtVectorDeclsType; 291 292 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 293 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 294 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 295 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 296 297 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 298 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 299 300 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 301 302 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 303 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 304 305 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 306 307 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 308 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 309 /// same list more than once. 310 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 311 312 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 313 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 314 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 315 316 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 317 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 318 /// 319 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 320 /// scopes, e.g., 321 /// 322 /// \code 323 /// extern "C" void f() { 324 /// void foo(int, int); 325 /// } 326 /// \endcode 327 /// 328 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 329 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 330 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 331 /// 332 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 333 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 334 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 335 /// for compatibility. 336 /// 337 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 338 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 339 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 340 /// not visible. 341 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 342 343 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 344 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 345 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 346 347 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 348 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 349 TentativeDefinitionsType; 350 351 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 352 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 353 354 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 355 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 356 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 357 358 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 359 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 360 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 361 362 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 363 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 364 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 365 366 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 367 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 368 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 369 370 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 371 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 372 /// exception spec. 373 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 374 375 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 376 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 377 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 378 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 379 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 380 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 381 382 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 383 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 384 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 385 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 386 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 387 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 388 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 389 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 390 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 391 392 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 393 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 394 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 395 void *OpaqueParser; 396 397 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 398 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 399 OpaqueParser = P; 400 } 401 402 class DelayedDiagnostics; 403 404 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 405 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 406 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 407 }; 408 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 409 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 410 411 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 412 /// during parsing and other processing. 413 class DelayedDiagnostics { 414 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 415 /// diagnostics should go. 416 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 417 418 public: 419 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 420 421 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 422 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 423 424 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 425 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 426 427 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 428 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 429 return CurPool; 430 } 431 432 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 433 /// collected in this pool. 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 435 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 436 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 437 CurPool = &pool; 438 return state; 439 } 440 441 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 442 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 443 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 444 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 445 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 446 } 447 448 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 449 /// not delayed. 450 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 451 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 452 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 453 CurPool = 0; 454 return state; 455 } 456 457 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 458 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 459 assert(CurPool == NULL); 460 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 461 } 462 } DelayedDiagnostics; 463 464 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 465 class ContextRAII { 466 private: 467 Sema &S; 468 DeclContext *SavedContext; 469 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 470 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 471 472 public: 473 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 474 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 475 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 476 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 477 { 478 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 479 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 480 } 481 482 void pop() { 483 if (!SavedContext) return; 484 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 485 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 486 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 487 SavedContext = 0; 488 } 489 490 ~ContextRAII() { 491 pop(); 492 } 493 }; 494 495 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 496 /// a function body. 497 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 498 Sema &S; 499 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 500 501 public: 502 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 503 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 504 { 505 S.PushFunctionScope(); 506 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 507 } 508 509 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 510 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 511 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 512 } 513 }; 514 515 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 516 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 517 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 518 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 519 520 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 521 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 522 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 523 /// in the currently selected standard. 524 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 525 526 527 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 528 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 529 530 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 531 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 532 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 533 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 534 /// It would be best to refactor this. 535 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 536 537 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 538 539 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 540 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 541 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 542 Scope *TUScope; 543 544 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 545 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 546 547 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 548 /// standard library. 549 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 550 551 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 552 /// \<initializer_list>. 553 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 554 555 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 556 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 557 558 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 559 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 560 561 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 562 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 563 564 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 565 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 566 567 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 568 QualType NSNumberPointer; 569 570 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 571 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 572 573 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 574 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 575 576 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 577 QualType NSStringPointer; 578 579 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 580 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 581 582 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 583 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 584 585 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 586 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 587 588 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 589 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 590 591 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 592 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 593 594 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 595 QualType QIDNSCopying; 596 597 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 598 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 599 600 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 601 /// have been declared. 602 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 603 604 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 605 /// references to fields. This is really a 606 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 607 608 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 609 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 610 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 611 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 612 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 613 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 614 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 615 /// run time. 616 Unevaluated, 617 618 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 619 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 620 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 621 UnevaluatedAbstract, 622 623 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 624 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 625 /// cases in a switch statment). 626 ConstantEvaluated, 627 628 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 629 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 630 /// expression at run time. 631 PotentiallyEvaluated, 632 633 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 634 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 635 /// in fact the current expression is used. 636 /// 637 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 638 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 639 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 640 /// until the default argument is used. 641 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 642 }; 643 644 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 645 /// expression evaluation contexts. 646 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 647 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 648 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 649 650 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 651 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 652 653 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 654 bool IsDecltype; 655 656 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 657 /// this expression evaluation context. 658 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 659 660 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 661 662 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 663 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 664 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 665 666 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 667 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 668 /// default function argument. 669 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 670 671 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 672 /// within this context. 673 /// 674 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 675 /// do not have lambda expressions. 676 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 677 678 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 679 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 680 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 681 682 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 683 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 684 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 685 686 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 687 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 688 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 689 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 690 bool IsDecltype) 691 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 692 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 693 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 694 695 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 696 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 697 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 698 if (!LambdaMangle) 699 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 700 return *LambdaMangle; 701 } 702 703 bool isUnevaluated() const { 704 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 705 } 706 }; 707 708 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 709 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 710 711 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 712 /// function. 713 /// 714 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 715 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 716 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 717 public: 718 enum Kind { 719 NoMemberOrDeleted, 720 Ambiguous, 721 Success 722 }; 723 724 private: 725 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 726 727 public: 728 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 729 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 730 {} 731 732 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 733 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 734 735 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 736 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 737 }; 738 739 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 740 /// for C++ records. 741 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 742 743 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 744 /// 745 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 746 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 747 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 748 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 749 /// checks. 750 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 751 752 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 753 754 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 755 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 756 757 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 758 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 759 760 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 761 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 762 /// 763 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 764 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 765 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 766 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 767 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 768 769 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 770 // argument locations. 771 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 772 773 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 774 /// definition in this translation unit. 775 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 776 777 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 778 void getUndefinedButUsed( 779 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 780 781 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 782 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 783 784 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 785 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 786 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 787 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 788 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 789 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 790 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 791 792 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 793 /// of -Wselector. 794 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 795 796 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 797 enum CXXSpecialMember { 798 CXXDefaultConstructor, 799 CXXCopyConstructor, 800 CXXMoveConstructor, 801 CXXCopyAssignment, 802 CXXMoveAssignment, 803 CXXDestructor, 804 CXXInvalid 805 }; 806 807 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 808 809 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 810 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 811 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 812 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 813 814 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 815 816 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 817 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 818 819 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 820 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 821 /// should not be used elsewhere. 822 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 823 824 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 825 /// statements. 826 class FPContractStateRAII { 827 public: 828 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 829 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 830 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 831 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 832 } 833 private: 834 Sema& S; 835 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 836 }; 837 838 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 839 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 840 841public: 842 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 843 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 844 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 845 ~Sema(); 846 847 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 848 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 849 void Initialize(); 850 851 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 852 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 853 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 854 855 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 856 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 857 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 858 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 859 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 860 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 861 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 862 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 863 864 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 865 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 866 /// 867 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 868 /// 869 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 870 871 void PrintStats() const; 872 873 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 874 /// template instantiation stacks. 875 /// 876 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 877 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 878 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 879 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 880 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 881 /// well. 882 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 883 Sema &SemaRef; 884 unsigned DiagID; 885 886 public: 887 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 888 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 889 890 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 891 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 892 if (!isActive()) return; 893 894 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 895 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 896 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 897 // 898 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 899 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 900 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 901 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 902 // eliminate that code. 903 FlushCounts(); 904 Clear(); 905 906 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 907 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 908 } 909 }; 910 911 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 912 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 913 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 914 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 915 } 916 917 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 918 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 919 920 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 921 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 922 923 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 924 925 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 926 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 927 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 928 929 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 930 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 931 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 932 933 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 934 935 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 936 937 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 938 939 void PushFunctionScope(); 940 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 941 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 942 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 943 RecordDecl *RD, 944 CapturedRegionKind K); 945 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 946 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 947 948 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 949 return FunctionScopes.back(); 950 } 951 952 void PushCompoundScope(); 953 void PopCompoundScope(); 954 955 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 956 957 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 958 959 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 960 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 961 962 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 963 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 964 965 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 966 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 967 968 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 969 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 970 971 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 972 973 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 974 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 975 // 976 977 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 978 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 979 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 980 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 981 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 982 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 983 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 984 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 985 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 986 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 987 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 988 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 989 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 990 991 /// \brief Build a function type. 992 /// 993 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 994 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 995 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 996 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 997 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 998 /// 999 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1000 /// 1001 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1002 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1003 /// function parameters. 1004 /// 1005 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1006 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1007 /// type that will have function type. 1008 /// 1009 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1010 /// type, if known. 1011 /// 1012 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1013 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1014 /// 1015 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1016 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1017 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1018 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1019 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1020 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1021 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1022 1023 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1024 SourceLocation Loc, 1025 DeclarationName Entity); 1026 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1027 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1028 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1029 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1030 1031 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1032 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1033 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1034 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1035 1036 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1037 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1038 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1039 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1040 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1041 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1042 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1043 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1044 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1045 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1046 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1047 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1048 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1049 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1050 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1051 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1052 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1053 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1054 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1055 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1056 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1057 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1058 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1059 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1060 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1061 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1062 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1063 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1064 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1065 1066 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1067 1068 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1069 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1070 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1071 1072 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1073 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1074 bool Suppressed; 1075 1076 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1077 1078 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1079 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1080 }; 1081 1082 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1083 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1084 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1085 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1086 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1087 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1088 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1089 return II; 1090 } 1091 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1092 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1093 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1094 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1095 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1096 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1097 1098 template<typename T1> 1099 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1100 unsigned DiagID; 1101 const T1 &Arg1; 1102 1103 public: 1104 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1105 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1106 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1107 if (Suppressed) return; 1108 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1109 } 1110 1111 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1112 }; 1113 1114 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1115 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1116 unsigned DiagID; 1117 const T1 &Arg1; 1118 const T2 &Arg2; 1119 1120 public: 1121 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1122 const T2 &Arg2) 1123 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1124 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1125 1126 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1127 if (Suppressed) return; 1128 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1129 } 1130 1131 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1132 }; 1133 1134 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1135 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1136 unsigned DiagID; 1137 const T1 &Arg1; 1138 const T2 &Arg2; 1139 const T3 &Arg3; 1140 1141 public: 1142 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1143 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1144 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1145 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1146 1147 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1148 if (Suppressed) return; 1149 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1150 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1151 } 1152 1153 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1154 }; 1155 1156 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1157 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1158 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1159 unsigned DiagID); 1160 1161 template<typename T1> 1162 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1163 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1164 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1165 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1166 } 1167 1168 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1169 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1170 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1171 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1172 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1173 } 1174 1175 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1176 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1177 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1178 const T3 &Arg3) { 1179 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1180 Arg3); 1181 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1182 } 1183 1184 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1185 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1186 1187 template<typename T1> 1188 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1189 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1190 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1191 } 1192 1193 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1194 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1195 const T2 &Arg2) { 1196 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1197 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1198 } 1199 1200 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1201 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1202 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1203 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1204 Arg3); 1205 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1206 } 1207 1208 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1209 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1210 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1211 1212 template<typename T1> 1213 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1214 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1215 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1216 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1217 } 1218 1219 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1220 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1221 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1222 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1223 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1224 } 1225 1226 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1227 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1228 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1229 const T3 &Arg3) { 1230 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1231 Arg3); 1232 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1233 } 1234 1235 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1236 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1237 1238 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1239 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1240 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1241 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1242 SourceLocation Loc); 1243 1244 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1245 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1246 // 1247 1248 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1249 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1250 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1251 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1252 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1253 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1254 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1255 /// such as: 1256 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1257 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1258 1259 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1260 1261 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1262 1263 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1264 1265 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1266 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1267 bool isClassName = false, 1268 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1269 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1270 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1271 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1272 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1273 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1274 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1275 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1276 SourceLocation IILoc, 1277 Scope *S, 1278 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1279 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1280 1281 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1282 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1283 enum NameClassificationKind { 1284 NC_Unknown, 1285 NC_Error, 1286 NC_Keyword, 1287 NC_Type, 1288 NC_Expression, 1289 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1290 NC_TypeTemplate, 1291 NC_FunctionTemplate 1292 }; 1293 1294 class NameClassification { 1295 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1296 ExprResult Expr; 1297 TemplateName Template; 1298 ParsedType Type; 1299 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1300 1301 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1302 1303 public: 1304 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1305 1306 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1307 1308 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1309 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1310 1311 static NameClassification Error() { 1312 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1313 } 1314 1315 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1316 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1317 } 1318 1319 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1320 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1321 } 1322 1323 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1324 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1325 Result.Template = Name; 1326 return Result; 1327 } 1328 1329 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1330 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1331 Result.Template = Name; 1332 return Result; 1333 } 1334 1335 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1336 1337 ParsedType getType() const { 1338 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1339 return Type; 1340 } 1341 1342 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1343 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1344 return Expr; 1345 } 1346 1347 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1348 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1349 return Template; 1350 } 1351 1352 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1353 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1354 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1355 } 1356 }; 1357 1358 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1359 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1360 /// 1361 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1362 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1363 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1364 /// 1365 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1366 /// 1367 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1368 /// 1369 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1370 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1371 /// 1372 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1373 /// 1374 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1375 /// disambiguate the name. 1376 /// 1377 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1378 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1379 /// expression. 1380 /// 1381 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1382 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1383 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1384 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1385 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1386 const Token &NextToken, 1387 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1388 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1389 1390 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1391 1392 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1393 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1394 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1395 const LookupResult &Previous, 1396 Scope *S); 1397 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1398 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1399 DeclarationName Name, 1400 SourceLocation Loc); 1401 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1402 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1403 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1404 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1405 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1406 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1407 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1408 LookupResult &Previous); 1409 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1410 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1411 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1412 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1413 LookupResult &Previous, 1414 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1415 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1416 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1417 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1418 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1419 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1420 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1421 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1422 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1423 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1424 LookupResult &Previous, 1425 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1426 bool &AddToScope); 1427 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1428 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1429 1430 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1431 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1432 1433 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1434 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1435 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1436 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1437 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1438 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1439 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1440 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1441 SourceLocation Loc, 1442 QualType T); 1443 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1444 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1445 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1446 StorageClass SC); 1447 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1448 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1449 Expr *defarg); 1450 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1451 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1452 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1453 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1454 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1455 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1456 1457 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1458 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1459 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1460 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1461 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1462 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1463 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1464 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1465 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1466 Decl **Group, 1467 unsigned NumDecls); 1468 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1469 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1470 1471 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1472 /// documentation comments. 1473 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1474 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1475 1476 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1477 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1478 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1479 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1480 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1481 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1482 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1483 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1484 } 1485 1486 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1487 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1488 /// code for that function. 1489 /// 1490 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1491 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1492 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1493 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1494 1495 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1496 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1497 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1498 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1499 1500 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1501 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1502 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1503 1504 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1505 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1506 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1507 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1508 1509 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1510 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1511 /// specified threshold. 1512 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1513 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1514 QualType ReturnTy, 1515 NamedDecl *D); 1516 1517 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1518 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1519 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1520 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1521 1522 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1523 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1524 AttributeList *AttrList, 1525 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1526 1527 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1528 /// 1529 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1530 /// 1531 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1532 /// 1533 /// \param Path The module access path. 1534 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1535 ModuleIdPath Path); 1536 1537 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1538 /// source location. 1539 /// 1540 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1541 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1542 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1543 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1544 1545 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1546 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1547 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1548 } 1549 1550 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1551 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1552 const Preprocessor &PP); 1553 1554 /// Scope actions. 1555 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1556 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1557 1558 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1559 DeclSpec &DS); 1560 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1561 DeclSpec &DS, 1562 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1563 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1564 1565 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1566 AccessSpecifier AS, 1567 RecordDecl *Record); 1568 1569 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1570 RecordDecl *Record); 1571 1572 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1573 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1574 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1575 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1576 1577 enum TagUseKind { 1578 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1579 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1580 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1581 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1582 }; 1583 1584 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1585 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1586 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1587 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1588 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1589 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1590 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1591 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1592 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1593 1594 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1595 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1596 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1597 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1598 AttributeList *Attr, 1599 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1600 1601 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1602 unsigned TagSpec, 1603 TagUseKind TUK, 1604 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1605 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1606 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1607 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1608 1609 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1610 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1611 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1612 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1613 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1614 1615 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1616 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1617 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1618 AccessSpecifier AS); 1619 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1620 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1621 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1622 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1623 AccessSpecifier AS, 1624 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1625 1626 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1627 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1628 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1629 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1630 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1631 SourceLocation TSSL, 1632 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1633 Declarator *D = 0); 1634 1635 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1636 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1637 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1638 bool Diagnose = false); 1639 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1640 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1641 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1642 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1643 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1644 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1645 1646 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1647 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1648 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1649 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1650 AttributeList *AttrList); 1651 1652 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1653 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1654 /// struct, or union). 1655 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1656 1657 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1658 1659 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1660 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1661 /// member declarations. 1662 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1663 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1664 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1665 1666 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1667 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1668 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1669 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1670 1671 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1672 1673 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1674 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1675 /// 1676 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1677 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1678 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1679 1680 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1681 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1682 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1683 1684 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1685 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1686 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1687 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1688 Expr *val); 1689 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1690 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1691 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1692 1693 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1694 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1695 AttributeList *Attrs, 1696 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1697 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1698 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1699 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1700 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1701 1702 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1703 1704 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1705 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1706 void PopDeclContext(); 1707 1708 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1709 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1710 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1711 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1712 1713 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1714 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1715 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1716 1717 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1718 1719 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1720 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1721 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1722 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1723 1724 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1725 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1726 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1727 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1728 1729 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1730 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1731 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1732 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1733 1734 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1735 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1736 1737 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1738 /// top level scope. 1739 /// 1740 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1741 /// 1742 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1743 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1744 1745 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1746 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1747 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1748 /// 1749 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1750 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1751 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1752 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1753 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1754 1755 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1756 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1757 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1758 1759 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1760 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1761 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1762 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1763 1764 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1765 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1766 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1767 VersionTuple Introduced, 1768 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1769 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1770 bool IsUnavailable, 1771 StringRef Message, 1772 bool Override, 1773 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1774 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1775 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1776 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1777 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1778 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1779 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1780 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1781 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1782 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1783 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1784 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1785 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1786 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1787 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1788 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1789 1790 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1791 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1792 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1793 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1794 AMK_None, 1795 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1796 /// an exact match. 1797 AMK_Redeclaration, 1798 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1799 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1800 AMK_Override 1801 }; 1802 1803 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1804 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1805 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1806 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1807 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1808 Scope *S); 1809 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1810 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1811 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1812 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1813 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1814 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1815 1816 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1817 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1818 enum AssignmentAction { 1819 AA_Assigning, 1820 AA_Passing, 1821 AA_Returning, 1822 AA_Converting, 1823 AA_Initializing, 1824 AA_Sending, 1825 AA_Casting 1826 }; 1827 1828 /// C++ Overloading. 1829 enum OverloadKind { 1830 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1831 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1832 Ovl_Overload, 1833 1834 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1835 /// an existing declaration. 1836 Ovl_Match, 1837 1838 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1839 /// non-function. 1840 Ovl_NonFunction 1841 }; 1842 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1843 FunctionDecl *New, 1844 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1845 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1846 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1847 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1848 1849 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1850 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1851 /// 1852 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1853 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1854 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1855 1856 ImplicitConversionSequence 1857 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1858 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1859 bool AllowExplicit, 1860 bool InOverloadResolution, 1861 bool CStyle, 1862 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1863 1864 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1865 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1866 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1867 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1868 bool InOverloadResolution, 1869 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1870 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1871 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1872 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1873 QualType &ConvertedType); 1874 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1875 QualType& ConvertedType); 1876 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1877 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1878 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1879 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1880 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1881 1882 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1883 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1884 CastKind &Kind, 1885 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1886 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1887 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1888 bool InOverloadResolution, 1889 QualType &ConvertedType); 1890 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1891 CastKind &Kind, 1892 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1893 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1894 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1895 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1896 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1897 QualType &ResultTy); 1898 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1899 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1900 1901 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1902 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1903 QualType ResultType, 1904 Expr *Value, 1905 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1906 1907 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1908 ExprResult Init); 1909 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1910 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1911 ExprResult Init, 1912 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1913 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1914 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1915 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1916 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1917 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1918 1919 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1920 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1921 1922 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1923 enum CCEKind { 1924 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1925 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1926 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1927 }; 1928 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1929 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1930 1931 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1932 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1933 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1934 public: 1935 bool Suppress; 1936 bool SuppressConversion; 1937 1938 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1939 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1940 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1941 1942 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1943 /// integral or enumeration type. 1944 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1945 QualType T) = 0; 1946 1947 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1948 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1949 QualType T) = 0; 1950 1951 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1952 /// is explicit. 1953 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1954 QualType T, 1955 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1956 1957 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1958 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1959 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1960 1961 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1962 /// functions. 1963 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1964 QualType T) = 0; 1965 1966 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1967 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1968 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1969 1970 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1971 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1972 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1973 QualType T, 1974 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1975 1976 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1977 }; 1978 1979 ExprResult 1980 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1981 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1982 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1983 1984 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1985 OS_Array, 1986 OS_Dictionary, 1987 OS_Error 1988 }; 1989 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1990 1991 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1992 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1993 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1994 LK_Array, 1995 LK_Dictionary, 1996 LK_Numeric, 1997 LK_Boxed, 1998 LK_String, 1999 LK_Block, 2000 LK_None 2001 }; 2002 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2003 2004 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2005 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2006 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2007 NamedDecl *Member); 2008 2009 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2010 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2011 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2012 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2013 2014 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2015 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2016 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2017 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2018 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2019 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2020 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2021 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2022 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2023 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2024 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2025 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2026 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2027 QualType ObjectType, 2028 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2029 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2030 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2031 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2032 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2033 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2034 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2035 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2036 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2037 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2038 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2039 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2040 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2041 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2042 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2043 QualType ObjectType, 2044 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2045 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2046 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2047 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2048 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2049 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2050 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2051 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2052 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2053 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2054 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2055 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2056 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2057 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2058 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2059 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2060 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2061 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2062 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2063 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2064 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2065 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2066 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2067 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2068 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2069 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2070 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2071 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2072 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2073 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2074 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2075 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2076 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2077 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2078 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2079 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2080 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2081 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2082 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2083 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2084 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2085 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2086 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2087 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2088 2089 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2090 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2091 2092 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2093 // identified by the expression Expr 2094 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2095 2096 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2097 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2098 // R (A) --> R(A) 2099 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2100 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2101 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2102 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2103 2104 FunctionDecl * 2105 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2106 QualType TargetType, 2107 bool Complain, 2108 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2109 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2110 2111 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2112 bool Complain = false, 2113 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2114 2115 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2116 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2117 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2118 bool Complain = false, 2119 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2120 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2121 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2122 2123 2124 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2125 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2126 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2127 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2128 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2129 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2130 2131 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2132 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2133 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2134 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2135 2136 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2137 // range-based for loop. 2138 enum ForRangeStatus { 2139 FRS_Success, 2140 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2141 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2142 }; 2143 2144 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2145 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2146 enum BeginEndFunction { 2147 BEF_begin, 2148 BEF_end 2149 }; 2150 2151 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2152 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2153 VarDecl *Decl, 2154 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2155 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2156 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2157 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2158 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2159 2160 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2161 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2162 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2163 MultiExprArg Args, 2164 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2165 Expr *ExecConfig, 2166 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2167 2168 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2169 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2170 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2171 ExprResult *Result); 2172 2173 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2174 unsigned Opc, 2175 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2176 Expr *input); 2177 2178 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2179 unsigned Opc, 2180 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2181 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2182 2183 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2184 SourceLocation RLoc, 2185 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2186 2187 ExprResult 2188 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2189 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2190 MultiExprArg Args, 2191 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2192 ExprResult 2193 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2194 MultiExprArg Args, 2195 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2196 2197 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2198 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2199 2200 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2201 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2202 /// that best represents the call. 2203 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2204 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2205 2206 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2207 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2208 bool CheckParameterNames); 2209 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2210 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2211 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2212 2213 /// \name Name lookup 2214 /// 2215 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2216 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2217 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2218 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2219 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2220 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2221 /// 2222 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2223 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2224 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2225 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2226 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2227 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2228 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2229 /// 2230 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2231 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2232 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2233 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2234 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2235 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2236 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2237 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2238 //@{ 2239 2240 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2241 enum LookupNameKind { 2242 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2243 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2244 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2245 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2246 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2247 /// structs, and unions. 2248 LookupTagName, 2249 /// Label name lookup. 2250 LookupLabel, 2251 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2252 /// class/struct/union members. 2253 LookupMemberName, 2254 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2255 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2256 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2257 LookupOperatorName, 2258 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2259 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2260 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2261 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2262 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2263 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2264 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2265 LookupNamespaceName, 2266 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2267 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2268 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2269 LookupUsingDeclName, 2270 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2271 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2272 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2273 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2274 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2275 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2276 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2277 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2278 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2279 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2280 LookupAnyName 2281 }; 2282 2283 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2284 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2285 enum RedeclarationKind { 2286 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2287 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2288 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2289 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2290 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2291 ForRedeclaration 2292 }; 2293 2294 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2295 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2296 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2297 LOLR_Error, 2298 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2299 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2300 LOLR_Cooked, 2301 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2302 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2303 LOLR_Raw, 2304 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2305 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2306 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2307 LOLR_Template 2308 }; 2309 2310 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2311 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2312 bool ConstArg, 2313 bool VolatileArg, 2314 bool RValueThis, 2315 bool ConstThis, 2316 bool VolatileThis); 2317 2318private: 2319 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2320 2321 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2322 // 2323 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2324 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2325 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2326 2327 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2328 /// source. 2329 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2330 2331public: 2332 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2333 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2334 /// 2335 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2336 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2337 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2338 SourceLocation Loc, 2339 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2340 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2341 = NotForRedeclaration); 2342 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2343 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2344 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2345 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2346 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2347 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2348 bool EnteringContext = false); 2349 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2350 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2351 = NotForRedeclaration); 2352 2353 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2354 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2355 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2356 2357 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2358 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2359 2360 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2361 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2362 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2363 unsigned Quals); 2364 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2365 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2366 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2367 unsigned Quals); 2368 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2369 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2370 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2371 2372 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2373 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2374 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2375 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2376 2377 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2378 SourceLocation Loc, 2379 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2380 ADLResult &Functions); 2381 2382 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2383 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2384 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2385 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2386 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2387 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2388 2389 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2390 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2391 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2392 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2393 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2394 bool EnteringContext = false, 2395 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2396 2397 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2398 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2399 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2400 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2401 2402 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2403 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2404 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2405 2406 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2407 //@} 2408 2409 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2410 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2411 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2412 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2413 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2414 SourceLocation Loc); 2415 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2416 Scope *S); 2417 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2418 2419 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2420 2421 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2422 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2423 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2424 bool NonInheritable = true, 2425 bool Inheritable = true); 2426 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2427 bool NonInheritable = true, 2428 bool Inheritable = true, 2429 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2430 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2431 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2432 2433 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2434 2435 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2436 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2437 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2438 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2439 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2440 2441 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2442 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2443 SourceRange Range); 2444 2445 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2446 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2447 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2448 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2449 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2450 2451 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2452 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2453 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2454 2455 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2456 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2457 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2458 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2459 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2460 2461 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2462 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2463 2464 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2465 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2466 2467 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2468 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2469 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2470 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2471 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2472 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2473 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2474 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2475 2476 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2477 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2478 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2479 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2480 SourceLocation Loc); 2481 2482 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2483 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2484 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2485 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2486 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2487 2488 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2489 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2490 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2491 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2492 2493 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2494 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2495 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2496 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2497 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2498 2499 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2500 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2501 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2502 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2503 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2504 2505 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2506 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2507 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2508 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2509 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2510 2511 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2512 /// class extensions. 2513 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2514 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2515 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2516 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2517 Selector GetterSel, 2518 Selector SetterSel, 2519 const bool isAssign, 2520 const bool isReadWrite, 2521 const unsigned Attributes, 2522 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2523 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2524 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2525 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2526 2527 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2528 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2529 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2530 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2531 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2532 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2533 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2534 Selector GetterSel, 2535 Selector SetterSel, 2536 const bool isAssign, 2537 const bool isReadWrite, 2538 const unsigned Attributes, 2539 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2540 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2541 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2542 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2543 2544 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2545 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2546 /// setter or getter. 2547 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2548 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2549 2550 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2551 2552 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2553 2554 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2555 MMS_loose, 2556 MMS_strict 2557 }; 2558 2559 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2560 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2561 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2562 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2563 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2564 2565 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2566 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2567 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2568 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2569 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2570 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2571 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2572 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2573 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2574 bool ImmediateClass, 2575 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2576 2577 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2578 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2579 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2580 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2581 2582 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2583 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2584 2585private: 2586 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2587 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2588 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2589 2590 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2591 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2592 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2593 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2594 bool warn, bool instance); 2595 2596public: 2597 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2598 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2599 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2600 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2601 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2602 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2603 } 2604 2605 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2606 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2607 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2608 } 2609 2610 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2611 /// pool. 2612 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2613 2614 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2615 /// there are multiple signatures. 2616 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2617 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2618 bool warn=true) { 2619 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2620 warn, /*instance*/true); 2621 } 2622 2623 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2624 /// there are multiple signatures. 2625 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2626 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2627 bool warn=true) { 2628 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2629 warn, /*instance*/false); 2630 } 2631 2632 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2633 /// implementation. 2634 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2635 2636 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2637 /// initialization. 2638 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2639 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2640 2641 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2642 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2643public: 2644 class FullExprArg { 2645 public: 2646 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2647 2648 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2649 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2650 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2651 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2652 2653 ExprResult release() { 2654 return E; 2655 } 2656 2657 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2658 2659 Expr *operator->() { 2660 return E; 2661 } 2662 2663 private: 2664 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2665 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2666 friend class Sema; 2667 2668 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2669 2670 Expr *E; 2671 }; 2672 2673 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2674 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2675 } 2676 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2677 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2678 } 2679 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2680 ExprResult FE = 2681 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2682 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2683 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2684 } 2685 2686 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2687 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2688 2689 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2690 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2691 2692 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2693 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2694 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2695 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2696 bool isStmtExpr); 2697 2698 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2699 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2700 public: 2701 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2702 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2703 } 2704 2705 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2706 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2707 } 2708 2709 private: 2710 Sema &S; 2711 }; 2712 2713 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2714 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2715 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2716 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2717 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2718 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2719 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2720 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2721 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2722 2723 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2724 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2725 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2726 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2727 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2728 2729 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2730 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2731 Stmt *SubStmt); 2732 2733 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2734 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2735 Stmt *ThenVal, 2736 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2737 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2738 Expr *Cond, 2739 Decl *CondVar); 2740 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2741 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2742 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2743 FullExprArg Cond, 2744 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2745 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2746 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2747 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2748 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2749 2750 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2751 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2752 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2753 Decl *SecondVar, 2754 FullExprArg Third, 2755 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2756 Stmt *Body); 2757 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2758 Expr *collection); 2759 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2760 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2761 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2762 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2763 2764 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2765 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2766 BFRK_Build, 2767 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2768 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2769 BFRK_Rebuild, 2770 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2771 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2772 BFRK_Check 2773 }; 2774 2775 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2776 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2777 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2778 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2779 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2780 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2781 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2782 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2783 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2784 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2785 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2786 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2787 2788 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2789 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2790 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2791 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2792 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2793 Expr *DestExp); 2794 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2795 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2796 2797 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2798 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2799 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2800 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2801 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2802 SourceLocation Loc, 2803 unsigned NumParams); 2804 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2805 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2806 2807 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2808 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2809 2810 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2811 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2812 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2813 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2814 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2815 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2816 2817 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2818 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2819 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2820 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2821 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2822 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2823 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2824 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2825 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2826 StringRef AsmString, 2827 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2828 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2829 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2830 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2831 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2832 2833 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2834 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2835 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2836 bool Invalid = false); 2837 2838 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2839 2840 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2841 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2842 2843 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2844 2845 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2846 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2847 2848 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2849 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2850 Scope *CurScope); 2851 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2852 Expr *operand); 2853 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2854 Expr *SynchExpr, 2855 Stmt *SynchBody); 2856 2857 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2858 2859 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2860 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2861 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2862 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2863 2864 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2865 2866 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2867 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2868 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2869 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2870 2871 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2872 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2873 Stmt *TryBlock, 2874 Stmt *Handler); 2875 2876 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2877 Expr *FilterExpr, 2878 Stmt *Block); 2879 2880 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2881 Stmt *Block); 2882 2883 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2884 2885 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2886 2887 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2888 /// of it. 2889 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2890 2891 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2892 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2893 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2894 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2895 2896 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2897 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2898 /// 2899 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2900 /// if (condition); 2901 /// do_stuff(); 2902 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2903 const Stmt *Body, 2904 unsigned DiagID); 2905 2906 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2907 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2908 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2909 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2910 2911 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2912 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2913 } 2914 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2915 2916 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2917 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2918 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2919 } 2920 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2921 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2922 } 2923 2924 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2925 2926 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2927 SourceLocation Loc, 2928 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2929 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2930 2931 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2932 2933 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2934 StringRef message); 2935 2936 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2937 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2938 2939 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2940 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2941 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2942 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2943 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2944 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2945 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2946 SourceLocation Loc); 2947 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2948 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 2949 2950 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2951 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2952 bool IsDecltype = false); 2953 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2954 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2955 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2956 bool IsDecltype = false); 2957 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2958 2959 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2960 2961 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2962 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2963 2964 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2965 2966 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2967 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2968 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2969 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2970 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2971 // named expressions. 2972 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2973 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2974 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2975 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2976 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2977 2978 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2979 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2980 2981 enum TryCaptureKind { 2982 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2983 }; 2984 2985 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2986 /// 2987 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2988 /// 2989 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2990 /// 2991 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2992 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2993 /// 2994 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2995 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2996 /// 2997 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2998 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2999 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3000 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3001 /// 3002 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3003 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3004 /// variable can be captured. 3005 /// 3006 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3007 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3008 /// captured. 3009 /// 3010 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3011 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3012 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3013 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3014 QualType &CaptureType, 3015 QualType &DeclRefType); 3016 3017 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3018 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3019 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3020 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3021 3022 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3023 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3024 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3025 3026 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3027 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3028 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3029 3030 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3031 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3032 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3033 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3034 bool ForceComplain = false, 3035 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3036 3037 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3038 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3039 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3040 3041 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3042 /// evaluation context. 3043 /// 3044 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3045 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3046 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3047 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3048 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3049 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3050 3051 // Primary Expressions. 3052 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3053 3054 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3055 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3056 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3057 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3058 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 3059 3060 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3061 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3062 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3063 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3064 3065 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3066 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3067 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3068 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3069 3070 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3071 IdentifierInfo *II, 3072 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3073 3074 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3075 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3076 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3077 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3078 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3079 3080 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3081 ExprValueKind VK, 3082 SourceLocation Loc, 3083 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3084 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3085 ExprValueKind VK, 3086 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3087 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3088 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3089 ExprResult 3090 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3091 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3092 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3093 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3094 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3095 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3096 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3097 LookupResult &R, 3098 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3099 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3100 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3101 LookupResult &R, 3102 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3103 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3104 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3105 const LookupResult &R, 3106 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3107 3108 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3109 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3110 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3111 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3112 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3113 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3114 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3115 3116 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3117 LookupResult &R, 3118 bool NeedsADL); 3119 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3120 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3121 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3122 3123 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3124 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3125 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3126 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3127 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3128 3129 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3130 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3131 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3132 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3133 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3134 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3135 SourceLocation R, 3136 MultiExprArg Val); 3137 3138 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3139 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3140 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3141 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3142 3143 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3144 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3145 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3146 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3147 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3148 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3149 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3150 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3151 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3152 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3153 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3154 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3155 3156 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3157 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3158 Expr *InputExpr); 3159 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3160 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3161 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3162 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3163 3164 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3165 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3166 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3167 SourceRange R); 3168 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3169 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3170 ExprResult 3171 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3172 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3173 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3174 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3175 3176 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3177 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3178 3179 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3180 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3181 SourceRange ExprRange, 3182 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3183 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3184 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3185 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3186 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3187 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3188 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3189 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3190 3191 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3192 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3193 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3194 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3195 3196 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3197 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3198 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3199 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3200 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3201 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3202 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3203 3204 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3205 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3206 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3207 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3208 // defines a custom operator->). 3209 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3210 Scope *S; 3211 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3212 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3213 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3214 }; 3215 3216 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3217 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3218 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3219 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3220 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3221 LookupResult &R, 3222 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3223 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3224 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3225 3226 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3227 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3228 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3229 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3230 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3231 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3232 3233 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3234 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3235 const LookupResult &R); 3236 3237 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3238 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3239 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3240 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3241 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3242 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3243 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3244 3245 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3246 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3247 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3248 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3249 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3250 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3251 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3252 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3253 3254 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3255 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3256 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3257 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3258 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3259 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3260 bool ExecConfig = false); 3261 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3262 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3263 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3264 3265 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3266 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3267 /// locations. 3268 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3269 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3270 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3271 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3272 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3273 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3274 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3275 Expr *Config = 0, 3276 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3277 3278 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3279 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3280 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3281 3282 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3283 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3284 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3285 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3286 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3287 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3288 Expr *Op); 3289 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3290 3291 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3292 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3293 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3294 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3295 3296 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3297 3298 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3299 ParsedType Ty, 3300 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3301 Expr *InitExpr); 3302 3303 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3304 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3305 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3306 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3307 3308 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3309 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3310 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3311 3312 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3313 SourceLocation Loc, 3314 bool GNUSyntax, 3315 ExprResult Init); 3316 3317 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3318 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3319 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3320 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3321 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3322 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3323 3324 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3325 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3326 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3327 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3328 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3329 3330 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3331 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3332 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3333 3334 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3335 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3336 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3337 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3338 3339 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3340 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3341 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3342 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3343 union { 3344 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3345 Expr *E; 3346 } U; 3347 }; 3348 3349 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3350 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3351 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3352 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3353 unsigned NumComponents, 3354 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3355 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3356 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3357 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3358 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3359 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3360 unsigned NumComponents, 3361 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3362 3363 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3364 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3365 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3366 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3367 3368 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3369 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3370 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3371 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3372 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3373 3374 // __null 3375 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3376 3377 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3378 3379 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3380 enum IfExistsResult { 3381 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3382 IER_Exists, 3383 3384 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3385 IER_DoesNotExist, 3386 3387 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3388 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3389 IER_Dependent, 3390 3391 /// \brief An error occurred. 3392 IER_Error 3393 }; 3394 3395 IfExistsResult 3396 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3397 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3398 3399 IfExistsResult 3400 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3401 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3402 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3403 3404 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3405 bool IsIfExists, 3406 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3407 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3408 Stmt *Nested); 3409 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3410 bool IsIfExists, 3411 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3412 Stmt *Nested); 3413 3414 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3415 3416 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3417 /// started. 3418 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3419 3420 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3421 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3422 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3423 Scope *CurScope); 3424 3425 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3426 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3427 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3428 3429 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3430 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3431 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3432 Scope *CurScope); 3433 3434 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3435 3436 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3437 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3438 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3439 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3440 3441 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3442 3443 // Act on C++ namespaces 3444 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3445 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3446 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3447 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3448 SourceLocation LBrace, 3449 AttributeList *AttrList); 3450 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3451 3452 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3453 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3454 3455 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3456 3457 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3458 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3459 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3460 3461 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3462 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3463 /// 3464 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3465 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3466 3467 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3468 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3469 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3470 3471 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3472 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3473 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3474 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3475 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3476 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3477 AttributeList *AttrList); 3478 3479 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3480 3481 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3482 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3483 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3484 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3485 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3486 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3487 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3488 3489 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3490 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3491 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3492 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3493 NamedDecl *Target); 3494 3495 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3496 bool isTypeName, 3497 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3499 const LookupResult &Previous); 3500 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3501 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3502 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3503 3504 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3505 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3506 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3507 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3508 AttributeList *AttrList, 3509 bool IsInstantiation, 3510 bool IsTypeName, 3511 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3512 3513 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3514 3515 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3516 AccessSpecifier AS, 3517 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3518 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3519 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3520 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3521 AttributeList *AttrList, 3522 bool IsTypeName, 3523 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3524 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3525 AccessSpecifier AS, 3526 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3527 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3528 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3529 AttributeList *AttrList, 3530 TypeResult Type); 3531 3532 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3533 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3534 /// 3535 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3536 ExprResult 3537 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3538 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3539 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3540 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3541 SourceRange ParenRange); 3542 3543 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3544 // the constructor can be elidable? 3545 ExprResult 3546 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3547 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3548 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3549 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3550 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3551 3552 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3553 /// the default expr if needed. 3554 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3555 FunctionDecl *FD, 3556 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3557 3558 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3559 /// constructed variable. 3560 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3561 3562 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3563 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3564 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3565 // Pointer to allow copying 3566 Sema *Self; 3567 // We order exception specifications thus: 3568 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3569 // throw() comes next. 3570 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3571 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3572 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3573 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3574 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3575 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3576 3577 void ClearExceptions() { 3578 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3579 Exceptions.clear(); 3580 } 3581 3582 public: 3583 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3584 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3585 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3586 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3587 } 3588 3589 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3590 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3591 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3592 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3593 return ComputedEST; 3594 } 3595 3596 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3597 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3598 3599 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3600 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3601 3602 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3603 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3604 3605 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3606 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3607 3608 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3609 /// computed exception specification. 3610 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3611 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3612 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3613 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3614 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3615 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3616 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3617 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3618 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3619 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3620 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3621 tok::kw_false).take(); 3622 } 3623 } 3624 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3625 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3626 getEPI(EPI); 3627 return EPI; 3628 } 3629 }; 3630 3631 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3632 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3633 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3634 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3635 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3636 3637 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3638 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3639 /// will be const. 3640 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3641 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3642 3643 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3644 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3645 /// parameter will be const. 3646 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3647 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3648 3649 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3650 /// constructor of a class will have. 3651 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3652 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3653 3654 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3655 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3656 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3657 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3658 3659 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3660 /// destructor of a class will have. 3661 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3662 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3663 3664 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3665 /// constructor of a class will have. 3666 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3667 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3668 3669 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3670 /// special member function. 3671 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3672 3673 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3674 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3675 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3676 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3677 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3678 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3679 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3680 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3681 3682 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3683 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3684 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3685 bool Diagnose = false); 3686 3687 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3688 /// 3689 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3690 /// default constructor will be added. 3691 /// 3692 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3693 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3694 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3695 3696 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3697 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3698 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3699 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3700 3701 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3702 /// 3703 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3704 /// destructor will be added. 3705 /// 3706 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3707 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3708 3709 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3710 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3711 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3712 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3713 3714 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3715 /// 3716 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3717 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3718 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3719 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3720 3721 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3722 /// 3723 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3724 /// constructors will be added. 3725 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3726 3727 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3728 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3729 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3730 3731 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3732 /// 3733 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3734 /// copy constructor will be added. 3735 /// 3736 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3737 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3738 3739 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3740 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3741 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3742 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3743 3744 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3745 /// 3746 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3747 /// move constructor will be added. 3748 /// 3749 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3750 /// declared. 3751 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3752 3753 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3754 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3755 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3756 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3757 3758 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3759 /// 3760 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3761 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3762 /// 3763 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3764 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3765 3766 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3767 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3768 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3769 3770 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3771 /// 3772 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3773 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3774 /// 3775 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3776 /// wasn't declared. 3777 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3778 3779 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3780 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3781 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3782 3783 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3784 /// class. 3785 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3786 3787 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3788 /// special member function. 3789 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3790 3791 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3792 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3793 /// 3794 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3795 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3796 3797 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3798 /// member function. 3799 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3800 3801 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3802 /// static member function. 3803 /// 3804 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3805 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3806 3807 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3808 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3809 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3810 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3811 3812 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3813 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3814 SourceLocation Loc, 3815 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3816 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3817 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3818 3819 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3820 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3821 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3822 3823 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3824 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3825 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3826 ParsedType ObjectType, 3827 bool EnteringContext); 3828 3829 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3830 3831 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3832 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3833 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3834 3835 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3836 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3837 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3838 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3839 Declarator &D, 3840 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3841 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3842 Expr *E, 3843 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3844 3845 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3846 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3847 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3848 Expr *E, 3849 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3850 SourceRange Parens); 3851 3852 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3853 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3854 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3855 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3856 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3857 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3858 Expr *Operand, 3859 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3860 3861 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3862 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3863 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3864 void *TyOrExpr, 3865 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3866 3867 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3868 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3869 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3870 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3871 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3872 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3873 Expr *Operand, 3874 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3875 3876 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3877 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3878 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3879 void *TyOrExpr, 3880 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3881 3882 3883 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3884 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3885 3886 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3887 /// 3888 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3889 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3890 3891 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3892 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3893 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3894 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3895 3896 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3897 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3898 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3899 Sema &S; 3900 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3901 bool Enabled; 3902 3903 public: 3904 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3905 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3906 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3907 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3908 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3909 bool Enabled = true); 3910 3911 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3912 }; 3913 3914 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3915 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3916 /// 3917 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3918 /// 3919 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3920 /// capture list. 3921 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3922 3923 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3924 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3925 /// being defined. 3926 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3927 3928 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3929 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3930 3931 3932 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3933 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3934 3935 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3936 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3937 3938 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3939 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3940 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3941 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3942 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3943 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3944 3945 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3946 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3947 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3948 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3949 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3950 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3951 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3952 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3953 3954 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3955 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3956 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3957 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3958 3959 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3960 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3961 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3962 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3963 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3964 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3965 Expr *Initializer); 3966 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3967 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3968 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3969 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3970 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3971 QualType AllocType, 3972 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3973 Expr *ArraySize, 3974 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3975 Expr *Initializer, 3976 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3977 3978 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3979 SourceRange R); 3980 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3981 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3982 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 3983 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3984 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3985 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3986 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 3987 DeclContext *Ctx, 3988 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3989 bool Diagnose = true); 3990 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3991 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3992 QualType Argument, 3993 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3994 3995 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3996 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3997 bool Diagnose = true); 3998 3999 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4000 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4001 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4002 Expr *Operand); 4003 4004 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4005 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4006 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4007 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4008 4009 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4010 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4011 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4012 SourceLocation RParen); 4013 4014 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4015 /// pseudo-functions. 4016 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4017 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4018 ParsedType Ty, 4019 SourceLocation RParen); 4020 4021 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4022 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4023 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4024 SourceLocation RParen); 4025 4026 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4027 /// pseudo-functions. 4028 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4029 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4030 ParsedType LhsTy, 4031 ParsedType RhsTy, 4032 SourceLocation RParen); 4033 4034 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4035 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4036 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4037 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4038 SourceLocation RParen); 4039 4040 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4041 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4042 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4043 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4044 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4045 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4046 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4047 4048 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4049 /// pseudo-functions. 4050 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4051 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4052 ParsedType LhsTy, 4053 Expr *DimExpr, 4054 SourceLocation RParen); 4055 4056 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4057 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4058 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4059 Expr *DimExpr, 4060 SourceLocation RParen); 4061 4062 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4063 /// pseudo-functions. 4064 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4065 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4066 Expr *Queried, 4067 SourceLocation RParen); 4068 4069 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4070 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4071 Expr *Queried, 4072 SourceLocation RParen); 4073 4074 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4075 Expr *Base, 4076 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4077 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4078 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4079 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4080 4081 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4082 4083 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4084 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4085 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4086 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4087 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4088 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4089 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4090 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4091 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4092 4093 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4094 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4095 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4096 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4097 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4098 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4099 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4100 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4101 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4102 4103 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4104 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4105 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4106 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4107 const DeclSpec& DS, 4108 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4109 4110 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4111 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4112 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4113 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4114 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4115 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4116 4117 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4118 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4119 : SourceLocation()); 4120 } 4121 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4122 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4123 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4124 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4125 4126 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4127 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4128 4129 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4130 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4131 bool EnteringContext = false); 4132 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4133 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4134 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4135 4136 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4137 /// 4138 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4139 /// 4140 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4141 /// 4142 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4143 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4144 /// 4145 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4146 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4147 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4148 4149 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4150 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4151 4152 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4153 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4154 IdentifierInfo &II, 4155 ParsedType ObjectType); 4156 4157 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4158 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4159 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4160 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4161 QualType ObjectType, 4162 bool EnteringContext, 4163 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4164 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4165 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4166 4167 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4168 /// 4169 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4170 /// 4171 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4172 /// 4173 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4174 /// 4175 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4176 /// 4177 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4178 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4179 /// 4180 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4181 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4182 /// 4183 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4184 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4185 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4186 /// including this new type). 4187 /// 4188 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4189 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4190 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4191 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4192 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4193 ParsedType ObjectType, 4194 bool EnteringContext, 4195 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4196 4197 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4198 4199 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4200 const DeclSpec &DS, 4201 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4202 4203 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4204 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4205 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4206 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4207 ParsedType ObjectType, 4208 bool EnteringContext); 4209 4210 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4211 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4212 /// 4213 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4214 /// 4215 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4216 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4217 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4218 /// including this new type). 4219 /// 4220 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4221 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4222 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4223 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4224 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4225 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4226 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4227 /// 4228 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4229 /// nested-name-specifier. 4230 /// 4231 /// 4232 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4233 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4234 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4235 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4236 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4237 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4238 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4239 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4240 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4241 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4242 bool EnteringContext); 4243 4244 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4245 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4246 /// nested-name-specifier. 4247 /// 4248 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4249 /// 4250 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4251 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4252 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4253 4254 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4255 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4256 /// 4257 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4258 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4259 /// 4260 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4261 /// 4262 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4263 /// of the annotation pointer. 4264 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4265 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4266 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4267 4268 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4269 4270 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4271 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4272 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4273 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4274 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4275 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4276 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4277 4278 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4279 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4280 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4281 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4282 /// defining scope. 4283 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4284 4285 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4286 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4287 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4288 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4289 /// class X. 4290 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4291 4292 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4293 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4294 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4295 4296 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4297 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4298 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4299 bool KnownDependent); 4300 4301 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4302 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4303 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4304 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4305 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4306 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4307 4308 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4309 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4310 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4311 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4312 bool ExplicitParams, 4313 bool ExplicitResultType, 4314 bool Mutable); 4315 4316 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4317 /// given lambda. 4318 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4319 4320 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4321 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4322 4323 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4324 /// statements present in the body. 4325 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4326 4327 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4328 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4329 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4330 /// lambda. 4331 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4332 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4333 4334 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4335 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4336 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4337 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4338 4339 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4340 /// was successfully completed. 4341 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4342 Scope *CurScope, 4343 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4344 4345 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4346 /// function pointer. 4347 /// 4348 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4349 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4350 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4351 /// block pointer conversion. 4352 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4353 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4354 4355 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4356 /// block pointer. 4357 /// 4358 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4359 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4360 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4361 /// block pointer conversion. 4362 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4363 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4364 4365 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4366 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4367 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4368 Expr *Src); 4369 4370 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4371 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4372 Expr **Strings, 4373 unsigned NumStrings); 4374 4375 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4376 4377 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4378 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4379 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4380 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4381 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4382 bool Value); 4383 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4384 4385 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4386 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4387 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4388 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4389 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4390 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4391 4392 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4393 Expr *IndexExpr, 4394 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4395 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4396 4397 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4398 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4399 unsigned NumElements); 4400 4401 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4402 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4403 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4404 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4405 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4406 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4407 4408 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4409 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4410 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4411 ParsedType Ty, 4412 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4413 4414 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4415 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4416 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4417 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4418 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4419 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4420 4421 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4422 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4423 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4424 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4425 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4426 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4427 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4428 4429 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4430 // C++ Declarations 4431 // 4432 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4433 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4434 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4435 StringRef Lang, 4436 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4437 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4438 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4439 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4440 4441 4442 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4443 // C++ Classes 4444 // 4445 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4446 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4447 4448 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4449 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4450 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4451 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4452 4453 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4454 Declarator &D, 4455 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4456 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4457 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4458 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4459 Expr *Init); 4460 4461 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4462 Scope *S, 4463 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4464 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4465 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4466 const DeclSpec &DS, 4467 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4468 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4469 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4470 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4471 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4472 4473 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4474 Scope *S, 4475 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4476 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4477 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4478 const DeclSpec &DS, 4479 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4480 Expr *InitList, 4481 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4482 4483 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4484 Scope *S, 4485 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4486 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4487 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4488 const DeclSpec &DS, 4489 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4490 Expr *Init, 4491 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4492 4493 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4494 Expr *Init, 4495 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4496 4497 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4498 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4499 Expr *Init, 4500 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4501 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4502 4503 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4504 Expr *Init, 4505 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4506 4507 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4508 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4509 4510 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4511 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4512 4513 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4514 4515 4516 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4517 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4518 /// referenced. 4519 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4520 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4521 4522 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4523 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4524 /// first use occurred. 4525 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4526 4527 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4528 /// materialized. 4529 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4530 4531 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4532 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4533 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4534 /// by code generation). 4535 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4536 4537 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4538 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4539 4540 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4541 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4542 DynamicClassesType; 4543 4544 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4545 /// unit. 4546 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4547 4548 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4549 /// given location. 4550 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4551 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4552 4553 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4554 /// in the given class as needed. 4555 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4556 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4557 4558 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4559 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4560 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4561 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4562 4563 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4564 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4565 /// vtables. 4566 /// 4567 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4568 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4569 4570 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4571 4572 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4573 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4574 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4575 bool AnyErrors); 4576 4577 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4578 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4579 Decl *TagDecl, 4580 SourceLocation LBrac, 4581 SourceLocation RBrac, 4582 AttributeList *AttrList); 4583 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4584 4585 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4586 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4587 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4588 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4589 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4590 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4591 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4592 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4593 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4594 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4595 4596 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4597 Expr *AssertExpr, 4598 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4599 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4600 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4601 Expr *AssertExpr, 4602 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4603 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4604 bool Failed); 4605 4606 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4607 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4608 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4609 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4610 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4611 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4612 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4613 4614 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4615 StorageClass& SC); 4616 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4617 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4618 StorageClass& SC); 4619 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4620 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4621 StorageClass& SC); 4622 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4623 4624 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4625 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4626 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4627 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4628 4629 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4630 // C++ Derived Classes 4631 // 4632 4633 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4634 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4635 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4636 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4637 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4638 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4639 4640 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4641 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4642 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4643 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4644 ParsedType basetype, 4645 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4646 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4647 4648 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4649 unsigned NumBases); 4650 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4651 unsigned NumBases); 4652 4653 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4654 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4655 4656 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4657 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4658 4659 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4660 4661 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4662 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4663 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4664 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4665 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4666 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4667 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4668 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4669 DeclarationName Name, 4670 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4671 4672 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4673 4674 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4675 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4676 4677 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4678 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4679 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4680 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4681 4682 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4683 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4684 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4685 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4686 4687 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4688 4689 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4690 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4691 4692 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4693 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4694 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4695 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4696 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4697 4698 4699 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4700 // C++ Access Control 4701 // 4702 4703 enum AccessResult { 4704 AR_accessible, 4705 AR_inaccessible, 4706 AR_dependent, 4707 AR_delayed 4708 }; 4709 4710 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4711 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4712 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4713 4714 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4715 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4716 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4717 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4718 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4719 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4720 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4721 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4722 bool Diagnose = true); 4723 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4724 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4725 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4726 AccessSpecifier Access, 4727 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4728 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4729 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4730 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4731 AccessSpecifier Access, 4732 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4733 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4734 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4735 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4736 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4737 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4738 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4739 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4740 Expr *ArgExpr, 4741 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4742 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4743 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4744 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4745 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4746 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4747 unsigned DiagID, 4748 bool ForceCheck = false, 4749 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4750 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4751 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4752 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4753 AccessSpecifier access, 4754 QualType objectType); 4755 4756 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4757 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4758 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4759 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4760 4761 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4762 4763 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4764 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4765 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4766 4767 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4768 AbstractNone = -1, 4769 AbstractReturnType, 4770 AbstractParamType, 4771 AbstractVariableType, 4772 AbstractFieldType, 4773 AbstractIvarType, 4774 AbstractArrayType 4775 }; 4776 4777 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4778 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4779 template<typename T1> 4780 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4781 unsigned DiagID, 4782 const T1 &Arg1) { 4783 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4784 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4785 } 4786 4787 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4788 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4789 unsigned DiagID, 4790 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4791 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4792 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4793 } 4794 4795 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4796 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4797 unsigned DiagID, 4798 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4799 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4800 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4801 } 4802 4803 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4804 4805 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4806 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4807 4808 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4809 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4810 // 4811 4812 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4813 4814 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4815 4816 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4817 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4818 // 4819 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4820 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4821 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4822 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4823 4824 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4825 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4826 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4827 4828 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4829 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4830 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4831 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4832 ParsedType ObjectType, 4833 bool EnteringContext, 4834 TemplateTy &Template, 4835 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4836 4837 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4838 SourceLocation IILoc, 4839 Scope *S, 4840 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4841 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4842 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4843 4844 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4845 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4846 4847 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4848 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4849 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4850 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4851 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4852 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4853 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4854 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4855 4856 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4857 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4858 unsigned Depth, 4859 unsigned Position, 4860 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4861 Expr *DefaultArg); 4862 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4863 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4864 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4865 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4866 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4867 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4868 unsigned Depth, 4869 unsigned Position, 4870 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4871 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4872 4873 TemplateParameterList * 4874 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4875 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4876 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4877 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4878 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4879 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4880 4881 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4882 /// list. 4883 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4884 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4885 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4886 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4887 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4888 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4889 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4890 }; 4891 4892 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4893 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4894 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4895 TemplateParameterList * 4896 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4897 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4898 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4899 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4900 unsigned NumParamLists, 4901 bool IsFriend, 4902 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4903 bool &Invalid); 4904 4905 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4906 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4907 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4908 AttributeList *Attr, 4909 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4910 AccessSpecifier AS, 4911 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4912 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4913 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4914 4915 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4916 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4917 4918 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4919 4920 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4921 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4922 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4923 4924 TypeResult 4925 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4926 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4927 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4928 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4929 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4930 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4931 4932 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4933 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4934 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4935 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4936 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4937 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4938 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4939 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4940 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4941 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4942 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4943 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4944 4945 4946 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4947 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4948 LookupResult &R, 4949 bool RequiresADL, 4950 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4951 4952 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4953 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4954 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4955 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4956 4957 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4958 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4959 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4960 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4961 ParsedType ObjectType, 4962 bool EnteringContext, 4963 TemplateTy &Template); 4964 4965 DeclResult 4966 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4967 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4968 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4969 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4970 TemplateTy Template, 4971 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4972 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4973 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4974 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4975 AttributeList *Attr, 4976 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4977 4978 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4979 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4980 Declarator &D); 4981 4982 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4983 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4984 Declarator &D); 4985 4986 bool 4987 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4988 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4989 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4990 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4991 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4992 bool &SuppressNew); 4993 4994 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4995 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4996 LookupResult &Previous); 4997 4998 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4999 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5000 LookupResult &Previous); 5001 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5002 5003 DeclResult 5004 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5005 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5006 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5007 unsigned TagSpec, 5008 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5009 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5010 TemplateTy Template, 5011 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5012 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5013 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5014 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5015 AttributeList *Attr); 5016 5017 DeclResult 5018 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5019 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5020 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5021 unsigned TagSpec, 5022 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5023 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5024 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5025 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5026 AttributeList *Attr); 5027 5028 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5029 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5030 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5031 Declarator &D); 5032 5033 TemplateArgumentLoc 5034 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5035 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5036 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5037 Decl *Param, 5038 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5039 5040 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5041 /// argument is being checked. 5042 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5043 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5044 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5045 CTAK_Specified, 5046 5047 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5048 /// deduction. 5049 CTAK_Deduced, 5050 5051 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5052 /// via template argument deduction. 5053 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5054 }; 5055 5056 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5057 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5058 NamedDecl *Template, 5059 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5060 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5061 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5062 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5063 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5064 5065 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5066 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5067 /// 5068 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5069 /// provided. 5070 /// 5071 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5072 /// 5073 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5074 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5075 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5076 /// arguments. 5077 /// 5078 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5079 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5080 /// set of template arguments. 5081 /// 5082 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5083 /// arguments. 5084 /// 5085 /// 5086 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5087 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5088 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5089 /// 5090 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5091 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5092 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5093 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5094 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5095 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5096 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5097 5098 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5099 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5100 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5101 5102 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5103 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5104 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5105 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5106 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5107 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5108 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5109 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5110 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5111 5112 ExprResult 5113 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5114 QualType ParamType, 5115 SourceLocation Loc); 5116 ExprResult 5117 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5118 SourceLocation Loc); 5119 5120 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5121 /// for equality. 5122 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5123 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5124 /// that might be redeclarations. 5125 /// 5126 /// \code 5127 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5128 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5129 /// \endcode 5130 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5131 5132 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5133 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5134 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5135 /// 5136 /// \code 5137 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5138 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5139 /// \endcode 5140 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5141 5142 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5143 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5144 /// template parameter. 5145 /// 5146 /// \code 5147 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5148 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5149 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5150 /// \endcode 5151 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5152 }; 5153 5154 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5155 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5156 bool Complain, 5157 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5158 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5159 = SourceLocation()); 5160 5161 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5162 5163 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5164 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5165 /// 5166 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5167 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5168 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5169 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5170 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5171 TypeResult 5172 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5173 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5174 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5175 5176 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5177 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5178 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5179 /// 5180 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5181 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5182 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5183 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5184 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5185 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5186 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5187 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5188 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5189 TypeResult 5190 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5191 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5192 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5193 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5194 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5195 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5196 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5197 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5198 5199 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5200 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5201 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5203 SourceLocation IILoc); 5204 5205 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5206 SourceLocation Loc, 5207 DeclarationName Name); 5208 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5209 5210 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5211 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5212 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5213 5214 std::string 5215 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5216 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5217 5218 std::string 5219 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5220 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5221 unsigned NumArgs); 5222 5223 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5224 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5225 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5226 5227 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5228 /// being diagnosed. 5229 /// 5230 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5231 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5232 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5233 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5234 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5235 5236 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5237 UPPC_BaseType, 5238 5239 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5240 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5241 5242 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5243 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5244 5245 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5246 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5247 5248 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5249 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5250 5251 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5252 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5253 5254 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5255 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5256 5257 /// \brief A using declaration. 5258 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5259 5260 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5261 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5262 5263 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5264 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5265 5266 /// \brief An initializer. 5267 UPPC_Initializer, 5268 5269 /// \brief A default argument. 5270 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5271 5272 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5273 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5274 5275 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5276 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5277 5278 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5279 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5280 5281 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5282 UPPC_IfExists, 5283 5284 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5285 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5286 5287 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5288 UPPC_Lambda, 5289 5290 /// \brief Block expression, 5291 UPPC_Block 5292}; 5293 5294 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5295 /// 5296 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5297 /// 5298 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5299 /// parameter packs. 5300 /// 5301 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5302 /// 5303 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5304 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5305 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5306 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5307 5308 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5309 /// diagnose the error. 5310 /// 5311 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5312 /// 5313 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5314 /// packs. 5315 /// 5316 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5317 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5318 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5319 5320 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5321 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5322 /// 5323 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5324 /// parameter packs. 5325 /// 5326 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5327 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5328 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5329 5330 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5331 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5332 /// 5333 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5334 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5335 /// 5336 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5337 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5338 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5339 5340 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5341 /// diagnose the error. 5342 /// 5343 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5344 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5345 /// 5346 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5347 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5348 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5349 5350 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5351 /// diagnose the error. 5352 /// 5353 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5354 /// 5355 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5356 /// parameter packs. 5357 /// 5358 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5359 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5360 TemplateName Template, 5361 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5362 5363 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5364 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5365 /// 5366 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5367 /// parameter packs. 5368 /// 5369 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5370 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5371 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5372 5373 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5374 /// template argument. 5375 /// 5376 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5377 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5378 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5379 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5380 5381 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5382 /// template argument. 5383 /// 5384 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5385 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5386 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5387 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5388 5389 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5390 /// type. 5391 /// 5392 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5393 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5394 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5395 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5396 5397 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5398 /// type. 5399 /// 5400 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5401 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5402 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5403 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5404 5405 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5406 /// nested-name-specifier. 5407 /// 5408 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5409 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5410 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5411 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5412 5413 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5414 /// name. 5415 /// 5416 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5417 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5418 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5419 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5420 5421 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5422 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5423 /// 5424 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5425 /// may already be invalid. 5426 /// 5427 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5428 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5429 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5430 5431 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5432 /// creates a pack expansion. 5433 /// 5434 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5435 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5436 /// 5437 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5438 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5439 5440 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5441 /// expansion. 5442 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5443 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5444 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5445 5446 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5447 /// expansion. 5448 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5449 SourceRange PatternRange, 5450 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5451 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5452 5453 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5454 /// creates a pack expansion. 5455 /// 5456 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5457 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5458 /// 5459 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5460 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5461 5462 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5463 /// creates a pack expansion. 5464 /// 5465 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5466 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5467 /// 5468 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5469 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5470 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5471 5472 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5473 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5474 /// transforming the pattern. 5475 /// 5476 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5477 /// pack expansion. 5478 /// 5479 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5480 /// the pack expansion. 5481 /// 5482 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5483 /// pattern. 5484 /// 5485 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5486 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5487 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5488 /// 5489 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5490 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5491 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5492 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5493 /// 5494 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5495 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5496 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5497 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5498 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5499 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5500 /// set this value in other cases. 5501 /// 5502 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5503 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5504 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5505 /// must be set. 5506 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5507 SourceRange PatternRange, 5508 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5509 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5510 bool &ShouldExpand, 5511 bool &RetainExpansion, 5512 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5513 5514 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5515 /// type. 5516 /// 5517 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5518 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5519 /// 5520 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5521 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5522 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5523 5524 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5525 /// parameter packs. 5526 /// 5527 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5528 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5529 /// 5530 /// \code 5531 /// void f(T...); 5532 /// \endcode 5533 /// 5534 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5535 /// a variadic function. 5536 /// 5537 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5538 /// false otherwise. 5539 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5540 5541 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5542 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5543 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5544 5545 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5546 /// 5547 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5548 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5549 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5550 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5551 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5552 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5553 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5554 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5555 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5556 TDK_Success = 0, 5557 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5558 TDK_Invalid, 5559 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5560 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5561 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5562 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5563 /// for every template parameter. 5564 TDK_Incomplete, 5565 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5566 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5567 TDK_Inconsistent, 5568 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5569 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5570 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5571 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5572 TDK_Underqualified, 5573 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5574 /// resulted in an error. 5575 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5576 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5577 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5578 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5579 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5580 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5581 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5582 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5583 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5584 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5585 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5586 /// template arguments for the given template. 5587 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5588 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5589 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5590 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5591 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5592 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5593 }; 5594 5595 TemplateDeductionResult 5596 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5597 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5598 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5599 5600 TemplateDeductionResult 5601 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5602 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5603 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5604 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5605 QualType *FunctionType, 5606 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5607 5608 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5609 // deduction for a call. 5610 struct OriginalCallArg { 5611 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5612 unsigned ArgIdx, 5613 QualType OriginalArgType) 5614 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5615 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5616 5617 QualType OriginalParamType; 5618 unsigned ArgIdx; 5619 QualType OriginalArgType; 5620 }; 5621 5622 TemplateDeductionResult 5623 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5624 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5625 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5626 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5627 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5628 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5629 5630 TemplateDeductionResult 5631 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5632 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5633 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5634 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5635 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5636 5637 TemplateDeductionResult 5638 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5639 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5640 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5641 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5642 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5643 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5644 5645 TemplateDeductionResult 5646 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5647 QualType ToType, 5648 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5649 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5650 5651 TemplateDeductionResult 5652 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5653 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5654 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5655 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5656 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5657 5658 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5659 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5660 DAR_Succeeded, 5661 DAR_Failed, 5662 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5663 }; 5664 5665 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5666 QualType &Result); 5667 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5668 QualType &Result); 5669 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5670 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5671 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5672 bool Diagnose = true); 5673 5674 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5675 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5676 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5677 5678 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5679 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5680 SourceLocation Loc, 5681 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5682 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5683 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5684 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5685 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5686 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5687 SourceLocation Loc, 5688 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5689 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5690 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5691 bool Complain = true, 5692 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5693 5694 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5695 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5696 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5697 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5698 SourceLocation Loc); 5699 5700 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5701 bool OnlyDeduced, 5702 unsigned Depth, 5703 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5704 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5705 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5706 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5707 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5708 } 5709 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5710 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5711 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5712 5713 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5714 // C++ Template Instantiation 5715 // 5716 5717 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5718 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5719 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5720 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5721 5722 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5723 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5724 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5725 enum InstantiationKind { 5726 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5727 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5728 TemplateInstantiation, 5729 5730 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5731 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5732 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5733 /// arguments as specified. 5734 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5735 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5736 5737 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5738 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5739 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5740 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5741 5742 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5743 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5744 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5745 5746 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5747 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5748 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5749 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5750 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5751 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5752 5753 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5754 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5755 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5756 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5757 5758 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5759 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5760 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5761 5762 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5763 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5764 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5765 } Kind; 5766 5767 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5768 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5769 5770 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5771 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5772 /// arguments. 5773 NamedDecl *Template; 5774 5775 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5776 Decl *Entity; 5777 5778 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5779 /// are not part of the entity. 5780 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5781 5782 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5783 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5784 5785 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5786 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5787 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5788 5789 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5790 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5791 /// template instantiation. 5792 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5793 5794 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5795 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5796 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5797 5798 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5799 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5800 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5801 5802 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5803 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5804 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5805 return false; 5806 5807 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5808 return false; 5809 5810 switch (X.Kind) { 5811 case TemplateInstantiation: 5812 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5813 return true; 5814 5815 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5816 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5817 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5818 return false; 5819 5820 // Fall through 5821 5822 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5823 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5824 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5825 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5826 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5827 5828 } 5829 5830 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5831 } 5832 5833 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5834 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5835 return !(X == Y); 5836 } 5837 }; 5838 5839 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5840 /// 5841 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5842 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5843 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5844 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5845 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5846 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5847 5848 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5849 /// template instantiation. 5850 /// 5851 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5852 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5853 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5854 5855 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5856 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5857 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5858 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5859 5860 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5861 /// error or warning was produced. 5862 /// 5863 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5864 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5865 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5866 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5867 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5868 5869 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5870 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5871 /// 5872 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5873 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5874 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5875 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5876 5877 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5878 /// within a \c Sema object. 5879 /// 5880 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5881 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5882 Sema &Self; 5883 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5884 5885 public: 5886 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5887 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5888 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5889 } 5890 5891 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5892 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5893 } 5894 }; 5895 5896 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5897 5898 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5899 /// 5900 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5901 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5902 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5903 5904 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5905 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5906 /// deduction. 5907 /// 5908 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5909 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5910 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5911 5912 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5913 /// instantiation. 5914 /// 5915 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5916 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5917 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5918 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5919 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5920 /// 5921 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5922 /// the stack. 5923 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5924 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5925 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5926 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5927 Decl *Entity, 5928 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5929 5930 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5931 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5932 /// of a function template. 5933 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5934 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5935 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5936 5937 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5938 /// template-id. 5939 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5940 TemplateDecl *Template, 5941 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5942 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5943 5944 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5945 /// template-id. 5946 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5947 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5948 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5949 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5950 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5951 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5952 5953 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5954 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5955 /// specialization. 5956 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5957 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5958 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5959 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5960 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5961 5962 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5963 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5964 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5965 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5966 5967 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5968 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5969 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5970 NamedDecl *Template, 5971 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5972 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5973 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5974 5975 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5976 NamedDecl *Template, 5977 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5978 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5979 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5980 5981 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5982 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5983 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5984 TemplateDecl *Template, 5985 NamedDecl *Param, 5986 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5987 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5988 5989 5990 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5991 void Clear(); 5992 5993 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5994 5995 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5996 /// recursive template instantiations. 5997 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5998 5999 private: 6000 Sema &SemaRef; 6001 bool Invalid; 6002 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6003 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6004 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6005 6006 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6007 6008 InstantiatingTemplate& 6009 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6010 }; 6011 6012 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6013 6014 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6015 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6016 /// errors. 6017 /// 6018 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6019 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6020 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6021 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6022 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6023 6024 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6025 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6026 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6027 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6028 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6029 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6030 } 6031 6032 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6033 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6034 /// deduction.` 6035 class SFINAETrap { 6036 Sema &SemaRef; 6037 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6038 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6039 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6040 6041 public: 6042 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6043 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6044 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6045 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6046 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6047 { 6048 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6049 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6050 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6051 } 6052 6053 ~SFINAETrap() { 6054 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6055 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6056 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6057 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6058 } 6059 6060 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6061 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6062 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6063 } 6064 }; 6065 6066 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6067 /// variables. 6068 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6069 6070 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6071 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6072 6073 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6074 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6075 6076 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6077 /// name lookup. 6078 /// 6079 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6080 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6081 /// string represents a keyword. 6082 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6083 6084 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6085 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6086 6087 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6088 /// 6089 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6090 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6091 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6092 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6093 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6094 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6095 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6096 6097 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6098 /// but have not yet been performed. 6099 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6100 6101 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6102 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6103 /// 6104 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6105 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6106 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6107 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6108 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6109 6110 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6111 6112 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6113 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6114 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6115 6116 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6117 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6118 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6119 6120 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6121 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6122 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6123 6124 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6125 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6126 SourceLocation Loc, 6127 DeclarationName Entity, 6128 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6129 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6130 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6131 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6132 int indexAdjustment, 6133 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6134 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6135 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6136 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6137 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6138 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6139 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6140 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6141 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6142 6143 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6144 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6145 /// 6146 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6147 /// 6148 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6149 /// 6150 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6151 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6152 /// 6153 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6154 /// 6155 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6156 /// 6157 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6158 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6159 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6160 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6161 6162 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6163 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6164 6165 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6166 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6167 6168 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6169 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6170 bool CXXDirectInit); 6171 6172 bool 6173 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6174 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6175 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6176 6177 bool 6178 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6179 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6180 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6181 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6182 bool Complain = true); 6183 6184 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6185 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6186 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6187 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6188 6189 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6190 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6191 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6192 Decl *NewDecl; 6193 6194 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6195 Decl *D) 6196 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6197 { } 6198 }; 6199 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6200 6201 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6202 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6203 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6204 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6205 6206 bool 6207 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6208 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6209 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6210 bool Complain = true); 6211 6212 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6213 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6214 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6215 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6216 6217 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6218 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6219 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6220 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6221 6222 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6223 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6224 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6225 6226 DeclarationNameInfo 6227 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6228 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6229 TemplateName 6230 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6231 SourceLocation Loc, 6232 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6233 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6234 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6235 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6236 6237 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6238 FunctionDecl *Function); 6239 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6240 FunctionDecl *Function, 6241 bool Recursive = false, 6242 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6243 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6244 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6245 VarDecl *Var, 6246 bool Recursive = false, 6247 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6248 6249 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6250 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6251 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6252 6253 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6254 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6255 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6256 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6257 6258 // Objective-C declarations. 6259 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6260 OCK_None = -1, 6261 OCK_Interface = 0, 6262 OCK_Protocol, 6263 OCK_Category, 6264 OCK_ClassExtension, 6265 OCK_Implementation, 6266 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6267 }; 6268 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6269 6270 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6271 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6272 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6273 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6274 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6275 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6276 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6277 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6278 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6279 AttributeList *AttrList); 6280 6281 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6282 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6283 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6284 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6285 6286 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6287 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6288 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6289 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6290 6291 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6292 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6293 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6294 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6295 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6296 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6297 AttributeList *AttrList); 6298 6299 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6300 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6301 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6302 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6303 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6304 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6305 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6306 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6307 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6308 6309 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6310 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6311 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6312 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6313 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6314 6315 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6316 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6317 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6318 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6319 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6320 6321 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6322 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6323 6324 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6325 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6326 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6327 unsigned NumElts); 6328 6329 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6330 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6331 unsigned NumElts, 6332 AttributeList *attrList); 6333 6334 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6335 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6336 unsigned NumProtocols, 6337 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6338 6339 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6340 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6341 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6342 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6343 SourceLocation Loc, 6344 unsigned &Attributes, 6345 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6346 6347 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6348 /// setters and getters as needed. 6349 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6350 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6351 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6352 /// in class extension. 6353 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6354 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6355 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6356 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6357 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6358 6359 6360 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6361 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6362 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6363 6364 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6365 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6366 6367 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6368 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6369 6370 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6371 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6372 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6373 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6374 6375 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6376 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6377 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6378 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6379 bool *OverridingProperty, 6380 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6381 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6382 6383 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6384 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6385 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6386 bool ImplKind, 6387 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6388 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6389 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6390 6391 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6392 OSMK_None, 6393 OSMK_Alloc, 6394 OSMK_New, 6395 OSMK_Copy, 6396 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6397 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6398 }; 6399 6400 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6401 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6402 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6403 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6404 // in this case. 6405 ParsedType Type; 6406 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6407 6408 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6409 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6410 }; 6411 6412 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6413 Scope *S, 6414 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6415 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6416 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6417 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6418 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6419 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6420 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6421 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6422 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6423 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6424 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6425 6426 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6427 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6428 bool IsInstance); 6429 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6430 bool IsInstance); 6431 6432 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6433 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6434 6435 ExprResult 6436 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6437 Expr *BaseExpr, 6438 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6439 DeclarationName MemberName, 6440 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6441 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6442 bool Super); 6443 6444 ExprResult 6445 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6446 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6447 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6448 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6449 6450 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6451 6452 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6453 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6454 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6455 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6456 ObjCSuperMessage, 6457 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6458 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6459 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6460 /// name. 6461 ObjCClassMessage 6462 }; 6463 6464 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6465 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6466 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6467 bool IsSuper, 6468 bool HasTrailingDot, 6469 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6470 6471 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6472 Selector Sel, 6473 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6474 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6475 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6476 MultiExprArg Args); 6477 6478 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6479 QualType ReceiverType, 6480 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6481 Selector Sel, 6482 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6483 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6484 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6485 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6486 MultiExprArg Args, 6487 bool isImplicit = false); 6488 6489 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6490 bool isSuperReceiver, 6491 SourceLocation Loc, 6492 Selector Sel, 6493 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6494 MultiExprArg Args); 6495 6496 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6497 ParsedType Receiver, 6498 Selector Sel, 6499 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6500 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6501 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6502 MultiExprArg Args); 6503 6504 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6505 QualType ReceiverType, 6506 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6507 Selector Sel, 6508 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6509 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6510 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6511 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6512 MultiExprArg Args, 6513 bool isImplicit = false); 6514 6515 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6516 QualType ReceiverType, 6517 SourceLocation Loc, 6518 Selector Sel, 6519 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6520 MultiExprArg Args); 6521 6522 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6523 Expr *Receiver, 6524 Selector Sel, 6525 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6526 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6527 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6528 MultiExprArg Args); 6529 6530 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6531 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6532 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6533 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6534 Expr *SubExpr); 6535 6536 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6537 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6538 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6539 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6540 ParsedType Type, 6541 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6542 Expr *SubExpr); 6543 6544 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6545 6546 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6547 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6548 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6549 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6550 6551 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6552 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6553 RTC_Compatible, 6554 RTC_Incompatible, 6555 RTC_Unknown 6556 }; 6557 6558 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6559 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6560 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6561 6562 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6563 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6564 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6565 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6566 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6567 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6568 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6569 }; 6570 6571 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6572 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6573 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6574 6575 enum PragmaPackKind { 6576 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6577 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6578 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6579 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6580 }; 6581 6582 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6583 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6584 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6585 }; 6586 6587 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6588 PCK_Unknown, 6589 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6590 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6591 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6592 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6593 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6594 }; 6595 6596 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6597 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6598 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6599 Expr *Alignment, 6600 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6601 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6602 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6603 6604 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6605 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6606 6607 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6608 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6609 6610 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6611 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6612 Scope *curScope, 6613 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6614 6615 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6616 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6617 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6618 6619 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6620 SourceLocation Loc); 6621 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6622 6623 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6624 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6625 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6626 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6627 6628 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6629 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6630 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6631 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6632 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6633 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6634 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6635 6636 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6637 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6638 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6639 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6640 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6641 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6642 6643 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6644 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6645 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6646 6647 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6648 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6649 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6650 6651 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6652 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6653 6654 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6655 void FreePackedContext(); 6656 6657 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6658 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6659 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6660 SourceLocation Loc); 6661 6662 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6663 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6664 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6665 6666 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6667 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6668 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6669 6670 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6671 void FreeVisContext(); 6672 6673 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6674 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6675 /// the appropriate attribute. 6676 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6677 6678 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6679 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6680 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6681 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6682 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6683 6684 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6685 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6686 /// threadprivate'. 6687 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6688 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6689 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6690 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6691 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6692 SourceLocation Loc, 6693 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6694 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6695 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6696 SourceLocation Loc, 6697 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6698 6699 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6700 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6701 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6702 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6703 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6704 CCK_CStyleCast, 6705 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6706 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6707 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6708 CCK_OtherCast 6709 }; 6710 6711 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6712 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6713 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6714 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6715 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6716 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6717 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6718 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6719 6720 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6721 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6722 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6723 6724 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6725 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6726 /// required. 6727 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6728 6729 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6730 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6731 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6732 6733 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6734 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6735 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6736 6737 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6738 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6739 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6740 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6741 6742 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6743 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6744 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6745 // type. 6746 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6747 6748 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6749 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6750 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6751 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6752 6753 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6754 enum VariadicCallType { 6755 VariadicFunction, 6756 VariadicBlock, 6757 VariadicMethod, 6758 VariadicConstructor, 6759 VariadicDoesNotApply 6760 }; 6761 6762 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6763 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6764 Expr *Fn); 6765 6766 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6767 // vararg function. 6768 enum VarArgKind { 6769 VAK_Valid, 6770 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6771 VAK_Invalid 6772 }; 6773 6774 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6775 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6776 6777 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6778 /// form of call prototypes. 6779 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6780 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6781 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6782 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6783 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 6784 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6785 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6786 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6787 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6788 6789 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6790 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6791 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6792 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6793 6794 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6795 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6796 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6797 6798 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6799 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6800 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6801 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6802 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6803 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6804 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6805 6806 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6807 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6808 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6809 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6810 /// source and destination type. 6811 enum AssignConvertType { 6812 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6813 Compatible, 6814 6815 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6816 /// accept as an extension. 6817 PointerToInt, 6818 6819 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6820 /// accept as an extension. 6821 IntToPointer, 6822 6823 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6824 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6825 FunctionVoidPointer, 6826 6827 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6828 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6829 IncompatiblePointer, 6830 6831 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6832 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6833 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6834 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6835 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6836 6837 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6838 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6839 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6840 6841 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6842 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6843 /// like address spaces. 6844 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6845 6846 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6847 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6848 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6849 /// extension. 6850 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6851 6852 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6853 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6854 IncompatibleVectors, 6855 6856 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6857 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6858 IntToBlockPointer, 6859 6860 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6861 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6862 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6863 6864 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6865 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6866 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6867 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6868 6869 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6870 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6871 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6872 6873 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6874 /// represent it in the AST. 6875 Incompatible 6876 }; 6877 6878 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6879 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6880 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6881 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6882 SourceLocation Loc, 6883 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6884 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6885 bool *Complained = 0); 6886 6887 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6888 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6889 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6890 Expr *SrcExpr); 6891 6892 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6893 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6894 /// C99 6.5.16. 6895 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6896 QualType LHSType, 6897 QualType RHSType); 6898 6899 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6900 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6901 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6902 ExprResult &RHS, 6903 CastKind &Kind); 6904 6905 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6906 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6907 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6908 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6909 ExprResult &RHS, 6910 bool Diagnose = true); 6911 6912 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6913 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6914 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6915 ExprResult &RHS); 6916 6917 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6918 6919 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6920 6921 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6922 AssignmentAction Action, 6923 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6924 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6925 AssignmentAction Action, 6926 bool AllowExplicit, 6927 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6928 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6929 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6930 AssignmentAction Action, 6931 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6932 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6933 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6934 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6935 AssignmentAction Action, 6936 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6937 6938 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6939 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6940 6941 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6942 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6943 ExprResult &RHS); 6944 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6945 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6946 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6947 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6948 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6949 bool IsDivide); 6950 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6951 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6952 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6953 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6954 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6955 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6956 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6957 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6958 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6959 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6960 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6961 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6962 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6963 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6964 bool isRelational); 6965 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6966 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6967 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6968 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6969 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6970 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6971 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6972 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6973 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6974 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6975 6976 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6977 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6978 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6979 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6980 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6981 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6982 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6983 6984 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6985 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6986 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6987 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6988 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6989 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6990 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6991 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6992 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6993 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6994 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6995 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6996 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6997 NonStandardCompositeType); 6998 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6999 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7000 return Composite; 7001 } 7002 7003 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7004 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7005 7006 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7007 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7008 7009 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7010 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7011 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7012 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7013 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7014 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7015 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7016 SourceLocation Loc); 7017 7018 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7019 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7020 7021 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7022 7023 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7024 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7025 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7026 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7027 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7028 /// reference binding is not possible. 7029 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7030 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7031 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7032 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7033 Ref_Related, 7034 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7035 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7036 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7037 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7038 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7039 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7040 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7041 Ref_Compatible 7042 }; 7043 7044 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7045 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7046 bool &DerivedToBase, 7047 bool &ObjCConversion, 7048 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7049 7050 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7051 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7052 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7053 7054 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7055 /// given type. 7056 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7057 7058 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7059 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7060 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7061 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7062 7063 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7064 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7065 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7066 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7067 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7068 CastKind &Kind); 7069 7070 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7071 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7072 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7073 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7074 // returns the cast expr 7075 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7076 CastKind &Kind); 7077 7078 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7079 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7080 Expr *CastExpr, 7081 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7082 7083 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7084 7085 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7086 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7087 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7088 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7089 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7090 7091 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7092 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7093 7094 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7095 QualType ExprType); 7096 7097 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7098 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7099 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7100 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7101 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7102 7103 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7104 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7105 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7106 7107 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7108 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7109 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7110 7111 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7112 /// \param Method - May be null. 7113 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7114 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7115 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7116 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7117 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7118 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7119 bool isSuperMessage, 7120 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7121 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7122 7123 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7124 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7125 /// and the form of the message send. 7126 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7127 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7128 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7129 7130 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7131 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7132 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7133 7134 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7135 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7136 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7137 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7138 7139 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7140 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7141 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7142 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7143 /// 7144 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7145 /// 'if' keyword. 7146 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7147 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7148 7149 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7150 Expr *SubExpr); 7151 7152 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7153 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7154 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7155 7156 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7157 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7158 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7159 7160 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7161 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7162 7163 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7164 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7165 /// the specified diagnostic. 7166 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7167 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7168 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7169 7170 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7171 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7172 /// in the global scope. 7173 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7174 7175 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7176 /// expression violations. 7177 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7178 public: 7179 bool Suppress; 7180 7181 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7182 7183 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7184 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7185 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7186 }; 7187 7188 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7189 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7190 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7191 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7192 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7193 bool AllowFold = true); 7194 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7195 unsigned DiagID, 7196 bool AllowFold = true); 7197 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7198 7199 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7200 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7201 /// Returns false on success. 7202 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7203 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7204 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7205 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7206 7207 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7208 CFT_Device, 7209 CFT_Global, 7210 CFT_Host, 7211 CFT_HostDevice 7212 }; 7213 7214 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7215 7216 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7217 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7218 7219 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7220 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7221 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7222 } 7223 7224 /// \name Code completion 7225 //@{ 7226 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7227 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7228 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7229 PCC_Namespace, 7230 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7231 PCC_Class, 7232 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7233 /// or category. 7234 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7235 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7236 /// category implementation 7237 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7238 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7239 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7240 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7241 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7242 /// headers. 7243 PCC_Template, 7244 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7245 /// headers within a class. 7246 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7247 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7248 PCC_Expression, 7249 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7250 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7251 PCC_Statement, 7252 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7253 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7254 PCC_ForInit, 7255 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7256 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7257 PCC_Condition, 7258 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7259 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7260 /// in the grammar. 7261 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7262 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7263 PCC_Type, 7264 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7265 /// might also be a type cast. 7266 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7267 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7268 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7269 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7270 }; 7271 7272 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7273 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7274 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7275 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7276 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7277 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7278 7279 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7280 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7281 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7282 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7283 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7284 bool IsArrow); 7285 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7286 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7287 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7288 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7289 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7290 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7291 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7292 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7293 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7294 7295 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7296 bool EnteringContext); 7297 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7298 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7299 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7300 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7301 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7302 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7303 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7304 unsigned NumInitializers); 7305 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7306 bool AfterAmpersand); 7307 7308 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7309 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7310 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7311 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7312 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7313 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7314 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7315 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7316 bool IsParameter); 7317 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7318 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7319 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7320 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7321 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7322 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7323 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7324 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7325 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7326 bool IsSuper = false); 7327 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7328 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7329 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7330 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7331 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7332 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7333 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7334 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7335 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7336 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7337 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7338 unsigned NumProtocols); 7339 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7340 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7341 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7342 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7343 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7344 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7345 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7346 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7347 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7348 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7349 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7350 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7351 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7352 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7353 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7354 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7355 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7356 ParsedType ReturnType); 7357 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7358 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7359 bool AtParameterName, 7360 ParsedType ReturnType, 7361 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7362 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7363 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7364 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7365 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7366 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7367 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7368 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7369 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7370 unsigned Argument); 7371 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7372 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7373 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7374 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7375 //@} 7376 7377 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7378 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7379 7380public: 7381 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7382 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7383 7384private: 7385 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7386 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7387 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7388 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7389 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7390 // FunctionDeclaration. 7391 struct FormatStringInfo { 7392 unsigned FormatIdx; 7393 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7394 bool HasVAListArg; 7395 }; 7396 7397 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7398 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7399 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7400 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7401 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7402 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7403 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7404 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7405 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7406 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7407 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7408 SourceLocation Loc); 7409 7410 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7411 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7412 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7413 VariadicCallType CallType); 7414 7415 7416 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7417 7418 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7419 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7420 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7421 7422 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7423 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7424 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7425 7426public: 7427 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7428 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7429 7430private: 7431 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7432 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7433 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7434 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7435 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7436 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7437 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7438 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7439 7440 enum FormatStringType { 7441 FST_Scanf, 7442 FST_Printf, 7443 FST_NSString, 7444 FST_Strftime, 7445 FST_Strfmon, 7446 FST_Kprintf, 7447 FST_Unknown 7448 }; 7449 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7450 7451 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7452 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7453 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7454 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7455 }; 7456 7457 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7458 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7459 bool HasVAListArg, 7460 unsigned format_idx, 7461 unsigned firstDataArg, 7462 FormatStringType Type, 7463 VariadicCallType CallType, 7464 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7465 7466 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7467 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7468 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7469 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7470 VariadicCallType CallType); 7471 7472 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7473 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7474 bool IsCXXMember, 7475 VariadicCallType CallType, 7476 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7477 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7478 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7479 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7480 VariadicCallType CallType, 7481 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7482 7483 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7484 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7485 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7486 7487 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7488 unsigned BId, 7489 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7490 7491 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7492 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7493 7494 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7495 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7496 7497 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7498 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7499 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7500 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7501 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7502 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7503 7504 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7505 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7506 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7507 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7508 7509 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7510 Expr *Init); 7511 7512public: 7513 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7514 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7515 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7516 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7517 7518 struct TypeTagData { 7519 TypeTagData() {} 7520 7521 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7522 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7523 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7524 {} 7525 7526 QualType Type; 7527 7528 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7529 /// layout-compatibility. 7530 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7531 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7532 }; 7533 7534 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7535 /// identifies the magic value. 7536 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7537 7538private: 7539 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7540 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7541 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7542 7543 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7544 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7545 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7546 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7547 7548 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7549 /// 7550 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7551 Scope *CurScope; 7552 7553 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7554 7555protected: 7556 friend class Parser; 7557 friend class InitializationSequence; 7558 friend class ASTReader; 7559 friend class ASTWriter; 7560 7561public: 7562 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7563 /// 7564 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7565 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7566 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7567 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7568 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7569 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7570 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7571 7572 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7573 7574 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7575 7576 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7577 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7578 } 7579 7580 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7581 7582 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7583 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7584 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7585 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7586 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7587 return DC; 7588 } 7589}; 7590 7591/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7592class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7593 Sema &Actions; 7594 7595public: 7596 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7597 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7598 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7599 bool IsDecltype = false) 7600 : Actions(Actions) { 7601 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7602 IsDecltype); 7603 } 7604 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7605 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7606 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7607 bool IsDecltype = false) 7608 : Actions(Actions) { 7609 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7610 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7611 IsDecltype); 7612 } 7613 7614 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7615 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7616 } 7617}; 7618 7619} // end namespace clang 7620 7621#endif 7622